User's Guide: "#" in filesystems names is bad
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
230
231 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
232 using Trac for its bug database:
233
234 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
235
236
237 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
238 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
239 @cindex dongles
240 @cindex FTDI
241 @cindex wiggler
242 @cindex zy1000
243 @cindex printer port
244 @cindex USB Adapter
245 @cindex RTCK
246
247 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
248 an adapter .... [snip]
249
250 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
251 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
252 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
253 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
254 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
255 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
256 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
257
258
259 @section Choosing a Dongle
260
261 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
262
263 @enumerate
264 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
265 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
266 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
267 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
268 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
269 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
270 Ethernet port needed?
271 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
272 @end enumerate
273
274 @section Stand alone Systems
275
276 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
277 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
278 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
279 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
280 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
281
282 @section USB FT2232 Based
283
284 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
285 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
286 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
287 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
288 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
289 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
290
291 @itemize @bullet
292 @item @b{usbjtag}
293 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
294 @item @b{jtagkey}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
296 @item @b{jtagkey2}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
298 @item @b{oocdlink}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
300 @item @b{signalyzer}
301 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
302 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
304 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
305 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
306 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
307 disabling the Stellaris chip.
308 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
310 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
311 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
312 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
313 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
314 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
315 @item @b{flyswatter}
316 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
317 @item @b{turtelizer2}
318 @* See:
319 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
320 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
321 @item @b{comstick}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
323 @item @b{stm32stick}
324 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
325 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
326 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
327 @item @b{cortino}
328 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
329 @end itemize
330
331 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
332
333 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
334 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
335 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
336 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
337 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
338
339 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
340 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
341 (see the section on driver commands).
342
343 @itemize
344 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
345 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
346 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
347 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
348 @end itemize
349
350 @section USB JLINK based
351 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
352 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
353 AT91SAM764 internally.
354
355 @itemize @bullet
356 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
357 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
358 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
359 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
360 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
362 @end itemize
363
364 @section USB RLINK based
365 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
366
367 @itemize @bullet
368 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
369 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
370 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
371 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
372 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
373 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
374 @end itemize
375
376 @section USB Other
377 @itemize @bullet
378 @item @b{USBprog}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
380
381 @item @b{USB - Presto}
382 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
383
384 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
385 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
386
387 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
388 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
389 @end itemize
390
391 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
392
393 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
394 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
395 these on the market.
396
397 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
398 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
399 of USB-based ones.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402
403 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
405
406 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
407 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
408 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
409
410 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
412
413 @item @b{GW16402}
414 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
415
416 @item @b{Wiggler2}
417 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
418 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
419
420 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
421 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
422
423 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
424 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
425
426 @item @b{arm-jtag}
427 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
428
429 @item @b{chameleon}
430 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
431
432 @item @b{Triton}
433 @* Unknown.
434
435 @item @b{Lattice}
436 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
437 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
438
439 @item @b{flashlink}
440 @* From ST Microsystems;
441 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
442 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section Other...
447 @itemize @bullet
448
449 @item @b{ep93xx}
450 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
451
452 @item @b{at91rm9200}
453 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
454
455 @end itemize
456
457 @node About JIM-Tcl
458 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
459 @cindex JIM Tcl
460 @cindex tcl
461
462 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
463 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
464 command interpreter.
465
466 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
467 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
468 much of anything about Tcl.
469 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
470
471 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
475 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
476 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
477 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
478 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
479 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
480
481 @item @b{Missing Features}
482 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
483 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
484
485 @item @b{Scripts}
486 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
487 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
488 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
489
490 @item @b{Commands}
491 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
492 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
493 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
494 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
495
496 @item @b{Historical Note}
497 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
498
499 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
500 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
501 @end itemize
502
503 @node Running
504 @chapter Running
505 @cindex command line options
506 @cindex logfile
507 @cindex directory search
508
509 The @option{--help} option shows:
510 @verbatim
511 bash$ openocd --help
512
513 --help | -h display this help
514 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
515 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
516 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
517 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
518 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
519 --command | -c run <command>
520 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
521 @end verbatim
522
523 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
524 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
525 To specify one or more different
526 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
527
528 @example
529 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
530 @end example
531
532 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
533 @enumerate
534 @item the current directory,
535 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
536 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
537 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
538 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
539 @end enumerate
540 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
541
542 @quotation Note
543 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
544 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
545 @end quotation
546
547 @section Simple setup, no customization
548
549 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
550 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
551 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
552 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
553 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
554
555 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
556 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
557 the server like:
558
559 @example
560 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
561 @end example
562
563 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
564 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
565 If all goes well you'll see output something like
566
567 @example
568 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
569 For bug reports, read
570 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
571 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
572 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
573 @end example
574
575 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
576 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
577 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
578
579 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
580
581 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
582 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
583 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
584 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
585 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
586 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
587 ensure that this always succeeds.
588 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
589 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
590 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
591 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
592
593 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
594 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
595 those channels.
596
597 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
598 the @option{-d} option.
599
600 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
601 @option{-c} command line switch.
602
603 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
604 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
605 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
606 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
607 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
608 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
609 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
610
611 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
612 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
613
614 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
615
616 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
617 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
618 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
619 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
620
621 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
622 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
623
624 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
625 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
626 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
627 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
628 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
629 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
630 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
631
632 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
633
634 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
635 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
636 and a USB cable on the other.
637 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
638 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
639
640 @enumerate
641 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
642 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
643 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
644 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
645 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
646 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
647 debugging host.
648
649 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
650 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
651 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
652 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
653 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
654
655 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
656 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
657 with 1.2 Volt boards.
658
659 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
660 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
661 ways to connect the cable.
662 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
663 Be sure it's firmly connected.
664
665 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
666 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
667 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
668 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
669 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
670 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
671 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
672 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
673
674 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
675 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
676 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
677 but are tedious to set up.
678 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
679 adapter signals to the right board pins.
680
681 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
682 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
683 you are using to run OpenOCD.
684 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
685
686 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
687 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
688 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
689
690 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
691 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
692 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
693
694 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
695 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
696 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
697 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
698
699 @end enumerate
700
701 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
702 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
703 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
704
705 @section Project Directory
706
707 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
708
709 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
710 single directory for your work with a given board.
711 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
712 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
713 files accessed through semihosting,
714 and for code you upload to the target board.
715 It is also the natural place to write files,
716 such as log files and data you download from the board.
717
718 @section Configuration Basics
719
720 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
721 a variety of ways you can mix them.
722 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
723
724 @itemize
725 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
726 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
727 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
728 @end itemize
729
730 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
731 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
732 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
733
734 @example
735 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
736
737 # GDB can also flash my flash!
738 gdb_memory_map enable
739 gdb_flash_program enable
740
741 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
742 @end example
743
744 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
745
746 @example
747 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
748 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
749 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
750 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
751 @end example
752
753 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
754 each supporting a different development task.
755 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
756 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
757
758 @quotation Important
759 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
760 problems with how it treats variables.
761 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
762 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
763 that can be tested in a later script.
764 @end quotation
765
766 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
767 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
768 to simplify your work.
769
770 @section User Config Files
771 @cindex config file, user
772 @cindex user config file
773 @cindex config file, overview
774
775 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
776 in one place.
777 One of the following will match your situation best:
778
779 @itemize
780 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
781 provided by someone else.
782 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
783 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
784 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
785 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
786 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
787 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
788
789 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
790 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
791
792 @enumerate
793 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
794 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
795 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
796 @end enumerate
797
798 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
799 The first is an interface config file.
800 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
801 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
802 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
803 meet your deadline:
804
805 @example
806 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
807 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
808 @end example
809
810 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
811 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
812 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
813 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
814
815 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
816 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
817 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
818 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
819 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
820 @xref{Autoprobing}.
821
822 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
823 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
824 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
825 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
826
827 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
828 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
829 giving access to your particular flash chips.
830 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
831 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
832
833 @quotation Note
834 When you write new configuration files, please submit
835 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
836 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
837 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
838 will help support users of any board using that chip.
839 @end quotation
840
841 @item
842 You may may need to write some C code.
843 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
844 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
845 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
846 a new chip architecture.
847 @end itemize
848
849 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
850 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
851 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
852
853 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
854 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
855 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
856 @itemize
857
858 @item
859 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
860 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
861 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
862 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
863
864 @item
865 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
866 @cindex vector_catch
867 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
868 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
869 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
870 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
871 along with messaging and tracing setup.
872 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
873
874 @item
875 You might need to override some defaults.
876 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
877 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
878
879 @item
880 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
881 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
882 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
883 @end itemize
884
885 @section Project-Specific Utilities
886
887 A few project-specific utility
888 routines may well speed up your work.
889 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
890
891 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
892 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
893 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
894 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
895 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
896 may help:
897
898 @example
899 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
900 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
901 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
902 # Leave the CPU halted.
903 reset init
904
905 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
906 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
907
908 # Start running.
909 resume 0x20000000
910 @}
911 @end example
912
913 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
914 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
915 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
916 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
917 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
918
919 @example
920 proc newboot @{ @} @{
921 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
922 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
923 # "reset halt" would be slower.
924 reset init
925
926 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
927 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
928 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
929 flash protect 0 0 1 off
930 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
931 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
932 flash protect 0 0 1 on
933
934 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
935 reset run
936 @}
937 @end example
938
939 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
940 from NAND.
941 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
942 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
943 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
944
945 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
946 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
947
948 @section Target Software Changes
949
950 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
951 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
952 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
953 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
954 handling issues like:
955
956 @itemize @bullet
957
958 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
959 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
960 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
961 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
962 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
963 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
964 your debug sessions.
965
966 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
967 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
968 That might however be your only option.
969
970 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
971 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
972 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
973 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
974 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
975 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
976 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
977 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
978 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
979 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
980 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
981 instead of the whole thing.
982 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
983 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
984
985 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
986 @cindex ARM semihosting
987 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
988 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
989 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
990 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
991 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
992 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
993 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
994 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
995 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
996 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
997 NAND or SPI flash.
998
999 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1000 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1001 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1002 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1003 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1004
1005 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1006 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1007 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1008 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1009 registers which can be used to change various features including
1010 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1011 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1012 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1013 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1014 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1015
1016 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1017 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1018 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1019 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1020 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1021
1022 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1023 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1024 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1025 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1026 early code execution can be debugged
1027 or firmware can be replaced.
1028
1029 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1030 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1031 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1032 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1033 operations like writing to memory.)
1034
1035 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1036 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1037 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1038 various kinds of message.
1039 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1040
1041 @end itemize
1042
1043 @section Target Hardware Setup
1044
1045 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1046 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1047 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1048 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1049 working with.}
1050
1051 Common issues include:
1052
1053 @itemize @bullet
1054
1055 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1056 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1057 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1058 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1059 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1060 or one from a daughtercard).
1061 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1062 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1063
1064 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1065 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1066 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1067 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1068 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1069 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1070
1071 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1072 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1073 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1074 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1075 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1076
1077
1078 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1079 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1080 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1081 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1082 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1083 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1084 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1085
1086 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1087 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1088 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1089 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1090 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1091
1092 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1093 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1094 used to start booting.
1095
1096 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1097 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1098 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1099 multiple audio codec chips).
1100 This interacts with software
1101 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1102 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1103 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1104 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1105 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1106 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1107 audio or video codecs are used.
1108
1109 @end itemize
1110
1111 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1112 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1113 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1114 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1115 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1116 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1117 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1118 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1119 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1120 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1121
1122
1123 @node Config File Guidelines
1124 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1125
1126 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1127 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1128 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1129 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1130
1131 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1132 with files including the ones listed here.
1133 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1134 @itemize @bullet
1135 @item @file{interface} ...
1136 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1137 @example
1138 $ ls interface
1139 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1140 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1141 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1142 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1143 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1144 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1145 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1146 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1147 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1148 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1149 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1150 $
1151 @end example
1152 @item @file{board} ...
1153 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1154 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1155 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1156 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1157 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1158 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1159 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1160 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1161 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1162 a CPU and an FPGA.
1163 @example
1164 $ ls board
1165 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1166 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1167 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1168 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1169 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1170 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1171 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1172 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1173 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1174 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1175 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1176 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1177 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1178 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1179 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1180 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1181 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1182 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1183 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1184 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1185 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1186 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1187 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1188 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1189 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1190 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1191 $
1192 @end example
1193 @item @file{target} ...
1194 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1195 on a chip
1196 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1197 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1198 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1199 the target config file defines all of them.
1200 @example
1201 $ ls target
1202 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1203 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1204 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1205 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1206 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1207 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1208 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1209 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1210 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1211 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1212 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1213 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1214 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1215 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1216 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1217 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1218 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1219 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1220 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1221 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1222 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1223 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1224 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1225 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1226 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1227 $
1228 @end example
1229 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1230 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1231 @end itemize
1232
1233 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1234 file may override features in any of the above files by
1235 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1236 commands specific to their situation.
1237
1238 @section Interface Config Files
1239
1240 The user config file
1241 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1242
1243 @example
1244 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1245 @end example
1246
1247 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1248 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1249 sole developer who created it.
1250
1251 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1252 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1253 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1254 and need to provide a driver for it.
1255
1256 @section Board Config Files
1257 @cindex config file, board
1258 @cindex board config file
1259
1260 The user config file
1261 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1262
1263 @example
1264 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1265 @end example
1266
1267 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1268 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1269 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1270
1271 @enumerate
1272 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1273 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1274 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1275 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1276 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1277 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1278 @end enumerate
1279
1280 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1281 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1282 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1283 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1284
1285 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1286 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1287 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1288 configuration works.
1289
1290 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1291
1292 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1293 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1294 convention on how to use certain variables.
1295
1296 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1297 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1298 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1299 used at will within a target configuration file.
1300
1301 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1302 for a board with three chips:
1303
1304 @example
1305 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1306 set CHIPNAME network
1307 set ENDIAN big
1308 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1309 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1310 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1311 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1312
1313 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1314 set CHIPNAME video
1315 set ENDIAN little
1316 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1317 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1318 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1319 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1320
1321 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1322 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1323 unset ENDIAN
1324 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1325 @end example
1326
1327 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1328 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1329 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1330 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1331 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1332 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1333 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1334 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1335
1336 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1337 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1338 naming collisions.
1339
1340 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1341 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1342 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1343 up other clocks and peripherals.
1344
1345 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1346 @cindex variable names
1347
1348 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1349 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1350 one such chip (as shown above).
1351 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1352 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1353 to promote consistency and
1354 so that board files can override target defaults.
1355
1356 Inputs to target config files include:
1357
1358 @itemize @bullet
1359 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1360 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1361 tap identifier dotted names.
1362 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1363 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1364 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1365 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1366 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1367 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1368 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1369 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1370 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1371 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1372 @end itemize
1373
1374 Outputs from target config files include:
1375
1376 @itemize @bullet
1377 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1378 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1379 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1380 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1381 specific to that board and that target.
1382 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1383 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1384 @end itemize
1385
1386 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1387 @cindex event, reset-init
1388 @cindex reset-init handler
1389
1390 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1391 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1392 fully set up yet.
1393 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1394 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1395 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1396 handler is one of the most important.
1397
1398 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1399 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1400 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1401 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1402 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1403
1404 @quotation Note
1405 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1406 are included here.
1407 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1408 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1409 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1410 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1411 @end quotation
1412
1413 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1414 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1415 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1416 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1417 those as parameters.
1418 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1419 and disabling the watchdog.
1420 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1421 the next developer doing such work.
1422 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1423
1424 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1425 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1426 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1427 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1428
1429 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1430
1431 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1432 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1433 a low JTAG clock rate.
1434 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1435 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1436 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1437 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1438 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1439 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1440 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1441
1442 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1443 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1444 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1445 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1446 which might be less than that.
1447
1448 @quotation Warning
1449 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1450 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1451 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1452 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1453 @end quotation
1454
1455 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1456 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1457 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1458 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1459 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1460 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1461
1462 @section Target Config Files
1463 @cindex config file, target
1464 @cindex target config file
1465
1466 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1467 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1468 more target config files like this:
1469
1470 @example
1471 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1472 @end example
1473
1474 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1475 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1476 In summary the target files should contain
1477
1478 @enumerate
1479 @item Set defaults
1480 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1481 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1482 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1483 @item On-Chip flash
1484 @end enumerate
1485
1486 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1487 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1488 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1489
1490 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1491 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1492 can talk to the chip.
1493 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1494 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1495 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1496 and other processing engines.
1497
1498 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1499
1500 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1501 letting board config files express environment-specific
1502 differences in how things should be set up.
1503
1504 @example
1505 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1506 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1507 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1508 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1509 @} else @{
1510 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1511 @}
1512
1513 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1514 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1515 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1516 @} else @{
1517 set _ENDIAN little
1518 @}
1519
1520 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1521 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1522 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1523 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1524 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1525 @} else @{
1526 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1527 @}
1528 @end example
1529 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1530
1531 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1532 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1533 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1534
1535 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1536 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1537 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1538
1539 @example
1540 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1541 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1542 @end example
1543
1544 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1545 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1546 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1547 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1548 for taps.
1549
1550 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1551 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1552 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1553 looks (in part) like this:
1554
1555 @example
1556 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1557 @end example
1558
1559 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1560 to source such a config file twice, with different
1561 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1562 it adds a different TAP each time.
1563
1564 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1565 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1566 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1567 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1568
1569 @example
1570 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1571 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1572 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1573 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1574 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1575 @end example
1576
1577 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1578 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1579
1580 @itemize
1581 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1582 plus a JRC to enable them
1583 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1584 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1585 is not currently used)
1586 @end itemize
1587
1588 @subsection Add CPU targets
1589
1590 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1591 GDB and other commands can use it.
1592 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1593 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1594 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1595 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1596
1597 @example
1598 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1599 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1600 @end example
1601
1602 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1603 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1604 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1605 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1606 a work area if you can.
1607 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1608
1609 @example
1610 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1611 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1612 @end example
1613
1614 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1615
1616 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1617 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1618 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1619
1620 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1621 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1622 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1623 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1624 both signals.
1625
1626 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1627 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1628 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1629 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1630 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1631 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1632 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1633 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1634 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1635 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1636 not available.)
1637
1638 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1639 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1640 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1641 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1642 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1643 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1644 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1645 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1646
1647 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1648 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1649 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1650 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1651 slower clock than they will use later.
1652 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1653 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1654 than they will use later.
1655 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1656
1657 @quotation Important
1658 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1659 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1660 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1661 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1662 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1663 @end quotation
1664
1665 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1666
1667 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1668 special high speed download features - enable it.
1669
1670 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1671
1672 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1673 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1674 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1675 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1676 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1677 If you are using an external trace port,
1678 configure it in your board config file.
1679 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1680 configure it in your target config file.
1681
1682 @example
1683 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1684 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1685 @end example
1686
1687 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1688
1689 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1690
1691 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1692 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1693 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1694 the TARGET (chip) file.
1695
1696 Examples:
1697 @itemize @bullet
1698 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1699 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1700 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1701 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1702 @end itemize
1703
1704 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1705 @section Translating Configuration Files
1706 @cindex translation
1707 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1708 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1709 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1710 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1711 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1712 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1713
1714 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1715 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1716 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1717 convert other scripts later on.
1718
1719 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1720 replace job:
1721
1722 @example
1723 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1724 #
1725 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1726 #
1727 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1728 #
1729 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1730
1731 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1732 global TARGETNAME
1733
1734 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1735
1736 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1737 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1738 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1739 @}
1740 @end example
1741
1742
1743
1744 @node Daemon Configuration
1745 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1746 @cindex initialization
1747 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1748 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1749 supported.
1750
1751 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1752 @section Configuration Stage
1753 @cindex configuration stage
1754 @cindex config command
1755
1756 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1757 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1758 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1759 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1760 inside startup scripts.
1761
1762 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1763 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1764 which may be issued interactively.
1765 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1766 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1767
1768 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1769 flash banks,
1770 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1771 and other basic setup.
1772 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1773 may access or activate TAPs.
1774 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1775 longer be issued.
1776
1777 @section Entering the Run Stage
1778
1779 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1780 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1781 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1782 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1783 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1784 You should see no errors at this point.
1785 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1786 commands you used to configure the server.
1787 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1788 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1789 on the scan chain.
1790
1791 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1792 become available.
1793 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1794 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1795 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1796 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1797 entry to the run stage.
1798
1799 @deffn {Config Command} init
1800 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1801 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1802 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1803 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1804 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1805 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1806
1807 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1808 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1809 configuration files and/or command line options.
1810
1811 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1812 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1813 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1814 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1815 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1816 @end deffn
1817
1818 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1819 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1820 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1821
1822 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1823 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1824 scan chain.
1825 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1826 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1827
1828 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1829 they return.
1830 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1831 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1832 @end deffn
1833
1834 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1835 @section TCP/IP Ports
1836 @cindex TCP port
1837 @cindex server
1838 @cindex port
1839 @cindex security
1840 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1841 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1842 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1843
1844 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1845 access using one or more of these ports.
1846 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1847 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1848 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1849
1850 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1851 @cindex GDB server
1852 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1853 The GDB port for the
1854 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1855 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1856 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1857 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1858 @end deffn
1859
1860 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1861 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1862 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1863 output from the Tcl engine.
1864 Intended as a machine interface.
1865 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1866 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1867 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1868 @end deffn
1869
1870 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1871 Specify or query the
1872 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1873 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1874 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1875 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1876 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1877 @end deffn
1878
1879 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1880 @section GDB Configuration
1881 @cindex GDB
1882 @cindex GDB configuration
1883 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1884 The ones listed here are static and global.
1885 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1886 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1887
1888 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1889 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1890 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1891 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1892 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1893 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1894 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1895 @end deffn
1896
1897 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1898 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1899 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1900 vFlash packet is received.
1901 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1902 @end deffn
1903
1904 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1905 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1906 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1907 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1908 for flash programming to work.
1909 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1910 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1911 @end deffn
1912
1913 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1914 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1915 by GDB memory read packets.
1916 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1917 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1918 @end deffn
1919
1920 @anchor{Event Polling}
1921 @section Event Polling
1922
1923 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1924 where significant events can happen at any time.
1925 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1926 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1927 or to GDB.
1928
1929 Examples of such events include:
1930
1931 @itemize
1932 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1933 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1934 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1935 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1936 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1937 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1938 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1939 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1940 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1941 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1942 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1943 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1944 @end itemize
1945
1946 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1947 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1948 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1949 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1950 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1951
1952 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1953 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1954 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1955 to the various active targets.
1956 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1957 which is normally done in the background.
1958
1959 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1960 Poll the current target for its current state.
1961 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1962 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1963 specific information about the current state is printed.
1964 An optional parameter
1965 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1966
1967 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1968 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1969 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1970 @example
1971 > poll
1972 background polling: on
1973 target state: halted
1974 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1975 current mode: Supervisor
1976 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1977 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1978 >
1979 @end example
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1983 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1984 @cindex config file, interface
1985 @cindex interface config file
1986
1987 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1988 through commands in an interface configuration
1989 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1990 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1991
1992 @example
1993 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1994 @end example
1995
1996 These commands tell
1997 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1998 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1999
2000 @example
2001 # jlink interface
2002 interface jlink
2003 @end example
2004
2005 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2006
2007
2008 @section Interface Configuration
2009
2010 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
2011 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2012 more additional commands.
2013
2014 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2015 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2016 target.
2017 @end deffn
2018
2019 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2020 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2021 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2022 @end deffn
2023
2024 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2025 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2026 @end deffn
2027
2028 @section Interface Drivers
2029
2030 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2031 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2032 available at run time.
2033
2034 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2035 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2036 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2037 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2038
2039 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2040 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2041 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2045 Displays status of RTCK option.
2046 Optionally sets that option first.
2047 @end deffn
2048 @end deffn
2049
2050 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2051 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2052 This has one driver-specific command:
2053
2054 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2055 Logs some status
2056 @end deffn
2057 @end deffn
2058
2059 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2060 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2061 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2062 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2063 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2064 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2065 @end deffn
2066
2067 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2068 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2069 @end deffn
2070
2071 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2072 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2073 @end deffn
2074
2075 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2076 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2077 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2078 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2079
2080 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2081 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2082 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2083 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2084 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2085 @end deffn
2086
2087 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2088 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2089 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2090 is connected to the host.
2091 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2092 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2093 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2094 @end deffn
2095
2096 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2097 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2098 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2099 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2100 @itemize @minus
2101 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2102 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2103 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2104 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2105 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2106 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2107 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2108 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2109 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2110 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2111 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2112 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2113 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2114 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2115 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2116 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2117 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2118 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2119 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2120 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2121 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2122 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2123 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2124 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2125 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2126 @end itemize
2127 @end deffn
2128
2129 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2130 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2131 default values are used.
2132 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2133 @example
2134 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2135 @end example
2136 @end deffn
2137
2138 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2139 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2140 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2141 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2142 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2143 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2144 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2145 @end deffn
2146
2147 For example, the interface config file for a
2148 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2149
2150 @example
2151 interface ft2232
2152 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2153 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2154 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2155 @end example
2156 @end deffn
2157
2158 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2159 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2160 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2161 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2162
2163 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2164 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2165 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2166 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2167 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2171 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2172 default values are used.
2173 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2174 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2175 @example
2176 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2177 @end example
2178 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2179 @example
2180 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2181 @end example
2182 @end deffn
2183
2184 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2185 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2186 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2187 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2188
2189 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2190 @example
2191 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2192 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2193 @end example
2194 @end deffn
2195
2196 @end deffn
2197
2198 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2199 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2200 This has one driver-specific command:
2201
2202 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2203 Display either the address of the I/O port
2204 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2205 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2206 This is a write-once setting.
2207 @end deffn
2208 @end deffn
2209
2210 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2211 Segger jlink USB adapter
2212 @c command: jlink_info
2213 @c dumps status
2214 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2215 @c sets version 2 or 3
2216 @end deffn
2217
2218 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2219 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2220 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2221 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2222 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2223
2224 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2225 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2226 This is a write-once setting.
2227 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2228
2229 @itemize @minus
2230 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2231 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2232 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2233 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2234 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2235 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2236 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2237 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2238 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2239 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2240 some versions of
2241 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2242 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2243 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2244 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2245 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2246 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2247 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2248 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2249 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2250 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2251 @end itemize
2252 @end deffn
2253
2254 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2255 Display either the address of the I/O port
2256 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2257 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2258 This is a write-once setting.
2259
2260 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2261 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2262 you may encounter a problem.
2263 @end deffn
2264
2265 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2266 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2267 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2268 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2269 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2270 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2271
2272 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2273 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2274 @quotation Tip
2275 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2276 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2277 @example
2278 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2279 > jtag_khz 500
2280 @end example
2281 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2282 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2283 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2284 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2285 large set of samples.
2286 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2287 @example
2288 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2289 @end example
2290 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2291 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2292
2293 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2294 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2295 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2296 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2297 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2298 @end quotation
2299 @end deffn
2300
2301 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2302 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2303 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2304 @end deffn
2305
2306 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2307 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2308
2309 @example
2310 interface parport
2311 parport_port 0x278
2312 parport_cable wiggler
2313 @end example
2314 @end deffn
2315
2316 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2317 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2318 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2319 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2320 @end deffn
2321 @end deffn
2322
2323 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2324 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2325 @end deffn
2326
2327 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2328 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2329 @end deffn
2330
2331 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2332 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2333
2334 @quotation Note
2335 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2336 which are not currently documented here.
2337 @end quotation
2338 @end deffn
2339
2340 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2341 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2342
2343 @quotation Note
2344 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2345 which are not currently documented here.
2346 @end quotation
2347
2348 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2349 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2350 No arguments: print status.
2351 @end deffn
2352
2353 @end deffn
2354
2355 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2356 @section JTAG Speed
2357 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2358 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2359 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2360 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2361 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2362 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2363 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2364 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2365 power management software that may be active.
2366
2367 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2368 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2369 target event handler.
2370 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2371 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2372 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2373 sets up those clocks).
2374 @xref{Target Events}.
2375 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2376 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2377 in the target config file.
2378 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2379 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2380 config file instead.
2381 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2382 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2383 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2384
2385 @example
2386 jtag_rclk 3000
2387 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2388 @end example
2389
2390 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2391 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2392 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2393 may not be the fastest solution.
2394
2395 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2396 instead of @command{jtag_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2397 which support adaptive clocking.
2398
2399 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2400 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2401 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2402 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2403 than the speed specified.
2404
2405 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2406 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2407 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2408 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2409
2410 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2411 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2412 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2413 JTAG clocking after setup.
2414 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2415 If the interface device can not
2416 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2417 @end deffn
2418
2419 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2420 @cindex adaptive clocking
2421 @cindex RTCK
2422 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2423 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2424 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2425 @example
2426 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2427 jtag_rclk 3000
2428 @end example
2429 @end defun
2430
2431 @node Reset Configuration
2432 @chapter Reset Configuration
2433 @cindex Reset Configuration
2434
2435 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2436 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2437 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2438 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2439 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2440 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2441 Please see the various board files for examples.
2442
2443 @quotation Note
2444 To maintainers and integrators:
2445 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2446 Normally the board configuration file
2447 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2448 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2449
2450 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2451 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2452 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2453 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2454 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2455 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2456 @end quotation
2457
2458 @section Types of Reset
2459
2460 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2461 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2462 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2463
2464 @itemize @bullet
2465 @item
2466 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2467 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2468 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2469 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2470 @item
2471 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2472 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2473 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2474 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2475 @item
2476 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2477 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2478 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2479 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2480 @item
2481 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2482 several other types of reset.
2483 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2484 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2485 There may be individual module resets.
2486 @end itemize
2487
2488 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2489 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2490 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2491 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2492 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2493 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2494 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2495 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2496 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2497
2498 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2499 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2500
2501 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2502 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2503 common issues are:
2504
2505 @itemize @bullet
2506
2507 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2508 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2509 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2510 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2511 when either of those signals is not connected.
2512 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2513 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2514 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2515 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2516
2517 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2518 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2519 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2520 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2521
2522 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2523 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2524 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2525 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2526 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2527 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2528 hardware debouncing.
2529 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2530 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2531
2532 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2533 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2534 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2535 to use push/pull output drivers.
2536 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2537 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2538 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2539 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2540
2541 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2542 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2543 issues (not limited to errata).
2544 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2545 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2546 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2547 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2548 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2549 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2550 @end itemize
2551
2552 There can also be other issues.
2553 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2554 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2555 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2556 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2557 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2558 Agreement (NDA).
2559
2560 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2561 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2562 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2563
2564 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2565 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2566
2567 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2568
2569 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2570 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2571 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2572 allowing it to be deasserted.
2573 @end deffn
2574
2575 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2576 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2577 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2578 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2579 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2580 @end deffn
2581
2582 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2583 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2584 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2585 allowing it to be deasserted.
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2589 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2590 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2591 @end deffn
2592
2593 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2594 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2595 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2596 configuration scripts.
2597
2598 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2599 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2600 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2601 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2602 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2603 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2604 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2605 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2606
2607 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2608 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2609 @var{gates},
2610 @var{trst_type},
2611 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2612 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2613 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2614 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2615 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2616 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2617
2618 @itemize
2619 @item
2620 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2621 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2622 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2623 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2624 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2625
2626 @quotation Tip
2627 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2628 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2629 @end quotation
2630
2631 @item
2632 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2633 signal implementations.
2634 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2635 indicating everything behaves normally.
2636 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2637 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2638 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2639 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2640 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2641 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2642 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2643
2644 @item
2645 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2646 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2647 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2648 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2649 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2650 while SRST is asserted.
2651 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2652 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2653 @end itemize
2654
2655 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2656 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2657 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2658 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2659 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2660
2661 @itemize
2662 @item
2663 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2664 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2665 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2666 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2667
2668 @item
2669 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2670 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2671 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2672 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2673 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2674 @end itemize
2675 @end deffn
2676
2677 @section Custom Reset Handling
2678 @cindex events
2679
2680 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2681 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2682 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2683 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2684 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2685 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2686
2687 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2688 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2689 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2690 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2691 want to reset everything at once.
2692
2693 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2694 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2695 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2696 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2697 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2698 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2699 needs special attention.
2700
2701 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2702 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2703 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2704 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2705 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2706 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2707 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2708 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2709
2710 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2711 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2712 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2713 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2714 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2715
2716 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2717 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2718 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2719 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2720 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2721 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2722 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2723 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2724 or potentially some other value.
2725
2726 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2727 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2728 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2729 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2730 (or their associated targets)
2731 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2732
2733 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2734 they return.
2735 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2736 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2737 @end deffn
2738
2739 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2740 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2741 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2742 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2743 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2744 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2745 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2746 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2747 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2748 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2749 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2753 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2754 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2755 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2756 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2757 @end deffn
2758
2759
2760 @node TAP Declaration
2761 @chapter TAP Declaration
2762 @cindex TAP declaration
2763 @cindex TAP configuration
2764
2765 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2766 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2767
2768 @itemize @bullet
2769 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2770 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2771 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2772 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2773 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2774 start running that code.
2775 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2776 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2777 and missing connections
2778 @end itemize
2779
2780 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2781 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2782 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2783 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2784 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2785
2786 @section Scan Chains
2787 @cindex scan chain
2788
2789 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2790 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2791 They also need to be added to
2792 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2793 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2794 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2795 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2796 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2797 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2798 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2799 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2800
2801 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2802 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2803 command, presented in the next chapter.
2804 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2805 debugging targets.)
2806 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2807
2808 @verbatim
2809 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2810 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2811 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2812 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2813 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2814 @end verbatim
2815
2816 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2817 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2818 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2819 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2820 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2821 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2822 until they are told to do so.
2823
2824 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2825 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2826 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2827 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2828
2829 @example
2830 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2831 @end example
2832
2833 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2834 by a given chip.
2835 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2836 and so forth.
2837 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2838 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2839 a single chip and between them.
2840 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2841
2842 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2843 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2844 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2845 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2846 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2847 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2848 includes commands something like this:
2849
2850 @example
2851 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2852 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2853 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2854 @end example
2855
2856 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2857 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2858 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2859
2860 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2861 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2862 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2863 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2864 @example
2865 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2866 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2867 @}
2868 @end example
2869 @end deffn
2870
2871 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2872 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2873 and their status.
2874 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2875 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2876 but systems with a JTAG router can
2877 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2878 @end deffn
2879
2880 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2881 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2882
2883 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2884 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2885
2886 @section TAP Names
2887 @cindex dotted name
2888
2889 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2890 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2891 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2892 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2893 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2894 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2895 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2896 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2897
2898 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2899 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2900 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2901
2902 @quotation Tip
2903 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2904 This feature is still present.
2905 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2906 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2907 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2908 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2909 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2910 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2911 @end quotation
2912
2913 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2914
2915 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2916 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2917 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2918 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2919 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2920
2921 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2922 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2923 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2924 overridable.
2925
2926 @cindex TAP naming convention
2927 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2928 and should follow this convention:
2929
2930 @itemize @bullet
2931 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2932 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2933 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2934 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2935 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2936 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2937 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2938 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2939 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2940 with a single TAP;
2941 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2942 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2943 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2944 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2945 @end itemize
2946
2947 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2948
2949 @itemize @bullet
2950 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2951 @*The length in bits of the
2952 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2953 @end itemize
2954
2955 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2956
2957 @itemize @bullet
2958 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2959 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2960 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2961 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2962 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2963 (the TAP is linked in).
2964 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2965 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2966 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2967 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2968 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2969 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2970 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2971 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2972 values that were found but not included in the list.
2973
2974 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2975 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2976 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2977 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2978 hardware to find these values.
2979 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2980 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2981 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2982 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2983 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2984 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2985 the various chip IDs.
2986 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2987 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2988 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2989 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2990 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2991 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2992 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2993 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2994 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2995 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2996 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2997 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2998 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2999 @end itemize
3000 @end deffn
3001
3002 @section Other TAP commands
3003
3004 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3005 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3006 At this writing this TAP attribute
3007 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3008 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3009 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3010 See the next section for information about the available events.
3011
3012 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3013 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3014 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3015 @end deffn
3016
3017 @anchor{TAP Events}
3018 @section TAP Events
3019 @cindex events
3020 @cindex TAP events
3021
3022 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3023 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3024 The other applies to debugger targets,
3025 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3026
3027 The TAP events currently defined are:
3028
3029 @itemize @bullet
3030 @item @b{post-reset}
3031 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3032 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3033 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3034 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3035 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3036
3037 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3038 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3039 of any particular target.
3040 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3041 @item @b{setup}
3042 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3043 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3044 @item @b{tap-disable}
3045 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3046 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3047 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3048 @item @b{tap-enable}
3049 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3050 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3051 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3052 @end itemize
3053
3054 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3055 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3056 contents to be accurate), you might:
3057
3058 @example
3059 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3060 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3061 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3062 @}
3063 @end example
3064
3065
3066 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3067 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3068 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3069 @cindex jrc
3070
3071 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3072 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3073 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3074 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3075 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3076
3077 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3078 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3079 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3080 be visible.
3081 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3082 ignores, such as:
3083
3084 @itemize
3085 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3086 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3087 TAPs receive new instructions.
3088 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3089 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3090 @end itemize
3091
3092 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3093 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3094 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3095 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3096
3097 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3098 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3099
3100 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3101 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3102 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3103 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3104 should define TAP event handlers using
3105 code that looks something like this:
3106
3107 @example
3108 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3109 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3110 @}
3111 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3112 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3113 @}
3114 @end example
3115
3116 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3117
3118 @example
3119 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3120 @end example
3121
3122 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3123 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3124 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3125 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3126
3127 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3128 If necessary, disables the tap
3129 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3130 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3131 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3132 and "0" if it is disabled.
3133 @end deffn
3134
3135 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3136 If necessary, enables the tap
3137 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3138 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3139 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3140 and "0" if it is disabled.
3141 @end deffn
3142
3143 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3144 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3145 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3146 and "0" if it is disabled.
3147
3148 @quotation Note
3149 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3150 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3151 @end quotation
3152 @end deffn
3153
3154 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3155 @section Autoprobing
3156 @cindex autoprobe
3157 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3158
3159 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3160 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3161 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3162 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3163
3164 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3165 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3166 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3167 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3168 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3169 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3170 right when they come out of reset).
3171
3172 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3173
3174 @example
3175 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3176 reset_config trst_and_srst
3177 jtag_rclk 8
3178 @end example
3179
3180 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3181 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3182
3183 @enumerate
3184 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3185 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3186 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3187 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3188 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3189 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3190 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3191 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3192 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3193 that is discovered.
3194 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3195 register, it will report it.
3196 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3197 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3198 @end enumerate
3199
3200 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3201 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3202 that's a bit more complex:
3203
3204 @example
3205 clock speed 8 kHz
3206 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3207 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3208 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3209 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3210 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3211 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3212 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3213 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3214 @end example
3215
3216 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3217 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3218 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3219 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3220 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3221 and so forth.
3222
3223 @node CPU Configuration
3224 @chapter CPU Configuration
3225 @cindex GDB target
3226
3227 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3228 You can also access these targets without GDB
3229 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3230 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3231 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3232 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3233
3234 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3235 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3236
3237 @section Target List
3238 @cindex target, current
3239 @cindex target, list
3240
3241 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3242 where each member has a name.
3243 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3244 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3245 (plural!) command.
3246 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3247 look like with more than one:
3248 @verbatim
3249 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3250 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3251 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3252 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3253 @end verbatim
3254
3255 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3256 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3257 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3258 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3259 space seen by that current target.
3260 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3261 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3262 are examples; and there are many more.
3263
3264 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3265
3266 @deffn Command {target count}
3267 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3268 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3269 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3270
3271 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3272 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3273 @example
3274 set c [target count]
3275 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3276 # Assuming you have created this function
3277 print_target_details $x
3278 @}
3279 @end example
3280 @end deffn
3281
3282 @deffn Command {target current}
3283 Returns the name of the current target.
3284 @end deffn
3285
3286 @deffn Command {target names}
3287 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3288 @example
3289 foreach t [target names] @{
3290 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3291 @}
3292 @end example
3293 @end deffn
3294
3295 @deffn Command {target number} number
3296 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3297 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3298
3299 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3300 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3301 @example
3302 set thename [target number $x]
3303 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3304 @end example
3305 @end deffn
3306
3307 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3308 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3309
3310 @deffn Command targets [name]
3311 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3312 command names are singular.}
3313
3314 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3315 targets in a user friendly form.
3316
3317 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3318 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3319 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3320 @end deffn
3321
3322 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3323 @cindex target type
3324 @cindex CPU type
3325 @cindex CPU variant
3326
3327 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3328 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3329 when calling @command{target create}.
3330 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3331 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3332 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3333 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3334 what core-specific commands may be available
3335 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3336 and more.
3337
3338 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3339 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3340 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3341 worked around in some chip versions.
3342
3343 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3344 since there's a command to list them.
3345 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3346 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3347
3348 @anchor{target types}
3349 @deffn Command {target types}
3350 Lists all supported target types.
3351 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3352
3353 @itemize @bullet
3354 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3355 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3356 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3357 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3358 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3359 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3360 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3361 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3362 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3363 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3364 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3365 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3366 @itemize @minus
3367 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3368 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3369 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3370 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3371 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3372 @end itemize
3373 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3374 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3375 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3376 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3377 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3378 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3379 @itemize @minus
3380 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3381 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3382 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3383 processor.
3384 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3385 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3386 @end itemize
3387 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3388 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3389 There are several variants defined:
3390 @itemize @minus
3391 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3392 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3393 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3394 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3395 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3396 @end itemize
3397 @end itemize
3398 @end deffn
3399
3400 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3401 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3402 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3403 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3404 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3405 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3406 reflect design generations;
3407 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3408 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3409
3410 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3411 @section Target Configuration
3412
3413 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3414 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3415 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3416 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3417 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3418
3419 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3420 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3421 optional parts.
3422 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3423 command, created as part of target creation.
3424
3425 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3426 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3427 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3428 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3429 to be much more board-specific.
3430 The key steps you use might look something like this
3431
3432 @example
3433 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3434 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3435 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3436 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3437 @end example
3438
3439 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3440 on-chip SRAM.
3441 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3442 writes to target memory;
3443 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3444 GDB memory checksumming;
3445 and more.
3446
3447 @quotation Warning
3448 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3449 inaccessible when application code
3450 (such as an operating system)
3451 enables or disables the MMU.
3452 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3453 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3454 easy access to other addresses needed.
3455 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3456 @end quotation
3457
3458 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3459 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3460 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3461 controllers.
3462 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3463 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3464 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3465
3466 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3467 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3468 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3469 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3470 purposes including additional configuration.
3471
3472 @itemize @bullet
3473 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3474 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3475 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3476 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3477
3478 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3479 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3480 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3481 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3482 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3483 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3484 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3485 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3486
3487 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3488 @end itemize
3489 @end deffn
3490
3491 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3492 The options accepted by this command may also be
3493 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3494 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3495 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3496
3497 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3498 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3499 and changing its endianness or variant.
3500
3501 @itemize @bullet
3502
3503 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3504 used to access this target.
3505
3506 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3507 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3508
3509 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3510 @xref{Target Events}.
3511 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3512 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3513 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3514 same event name assigns only one handler.
3515
3516 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3517 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3518
3519 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3520 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3521 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3522 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3523 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3524 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3525 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3526
3527 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3528 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3529 or virtual address is being used.
3530
3531 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3532 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3533
3534 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3535 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3536 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3537 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3538 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3539
3540 @end itemize
3541 @end deffn
3542
3543 @section Other $target_name Commands
3544 @cindex object command
3545
3546 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3547 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3548
3549 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3550 Once a button is created a button
3551 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3552 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3553 configure it like this:
3554
3555 @example
3556 # Create
3557 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3558 # Modify
3559 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3560 # Query
3561 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3562 # Report
3563 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3564 @end example
3565
3566 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3567 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3568
3569 @example
3570 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3571 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3572 @end example
3573
3574 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3575
3576 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3577 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3578 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3579 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3580 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3581 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3582 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3583 They are not otherwise documented here.
3584 @end deffn
3585
3586 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3587 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3588 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3589 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3590 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3591 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3592 the target side uses raw memory.
3593
3594 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3595 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3596 The script orientation comes from working with data
3597 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3598 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3599 and neither store nor return those values.
3600
3601 @itemize
3602 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3603 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3604 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3605 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3606 @end itemize
3607 @end deffn
3608
3609 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3610 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3611 @command{$target_name configure}
3612 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3613 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3614 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3615 There are a few special cases:
3616
3617 @itemize @bullet
3618 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3619 event named @var{event_name}.
3620 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3621 two parameters.
3622 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3623 This is a special case because this is set using
3624 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3625 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3626 @end itemize
3627
3628 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3629 all the targets you might use something like this:
3630
3631 @example
3632 foreach name [target names] @{
3633 set y [$name cget -endian]
3634 set z [$name cget -type]
3635 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3636 $x $name $y $z]
3637 @}
3638 @end example
3639 @end deffn
3640
3641 @anchor{target curstate}
3642 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3643 Displays the current target state:
3644 @code{debug-running},
3645 @code{halted},
3646 @code{reset},
3647 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3648 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3649 @end deffn
3650
3651 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3652 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3653 currently associated with this target.
3654 @xref{Target Events}.
3655 @end deffn
3656
3657 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3658 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3659 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3660 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3661 @end deffn
3662
3663 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3664 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3665 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3666 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3667 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3668 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3669 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3670 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3671 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3672 @end deffn
3673
3674 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3675 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3676 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3677 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3678 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3679 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3680 @end deffn
3681
3682 @anchor{Target Events}
3683 @section Target Events
3684 @cindex target events
3685 @cindex events
3686 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3687 For example:
3688 @itemize @bullet
3689 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3690 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3691 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3692 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3693 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3694 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3695 to set up system clocks or
3696 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3697 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3698 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3699 @end itemize
3700
3701 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3702 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3703 @command{target create ... -event}.
3704
3705 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3706 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3707 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3708
3709 @example
3710 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3711 echo "Reset..."
3712 reset halt
3713 @}
3714 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3715 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3716 echo "Reset..."
3717 reset halt
3718 @}
3719 @end example
3720
3721 The following target events are defined:
3722
3723 @itemize @bullet
3724 @item @b{debug-halted}
3725 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3726 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3727 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3728 @item @b{early-halted}
3729 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3730 @ignore
3731 @item @b{examine-end}
3732 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3733 @item @b{examine-start}
3734 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3735 @end ignore
3736 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3737 @* When GDB connects
3738 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3739 @* When GDB disconnects
3740 @item @b{gdb-end}
3741 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3742 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3743 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3744 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3745 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3746 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3747 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3748 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3749 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3750 @item @b{gdb-start}
3751 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3752 @item @b{halted}
3753 @* The target has halted
3754 @ignore
3755 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3756 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3757 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3758 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3759 @end ignore
3760 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3761 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3762 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3763 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3764 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3765 @item @b{reset-assert}
3766 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3767 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3768 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3769 it instead of asserting SRST.
3770 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3771 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3772 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3773 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3774 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3775 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3776 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3777 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3778 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3779 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3780 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3781 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3782 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3783 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3784 released on the scan chain.
3785 @item @b{reset-end}
3786 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3787 @ignore
3788 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3789 @* Currently not used
3790 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3791 @* Currently not used
3792 @end ignore
3793 @item @b{reset-init}
3794 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3795 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3796
3797 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3798 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3799 multiplexing, and so on.
3800 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3801 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3802 @item @b{reset-start}
3803 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3804 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3805
3806 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3807 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3808 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3809 @ignore
3810 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3811 @* Currently not used
3812 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3813 @* Currently not used
3814 @end ignore
3815 @item @b{resume-start}
3816 @* Before any target is resumed
3817 @item @b{resume-end}
3818 @* After all targets have resumed
3819 @item @b{resume-ok}
3820 @* Success
3821 @item @b{resumed}
3822 @* Target has resumed
3823 @end itemize
3824
3825
3826 @node Flash Commands
3827 @chapter Flash Commands
3828
3829 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3830 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3831 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3832 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3833 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3834 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3835 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3836 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3837 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3838
3839 Flash Steps:
3840 @enumerate
3841 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3842 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3843 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3844 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3845 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3846 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3847 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3848 @item GDB Flashing
3849 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3850 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3851 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3852 @end enumerate
3853
3854 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3855 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3856 so that it can't boot.
3857 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3858 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3859
3860 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3861 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3862 @cindex flash configuration
3863
3864 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3865 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3866 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3867 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3868 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3869 see the driver-specific documentation.
3870
3871 @itemize @bullet
3872 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3873 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3874 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3875 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3876 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3877 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3878 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3879 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3880 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3881 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3882 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3883 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3884 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3885 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3886 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3887 commands to the flash controller.
3888 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3889 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3890 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3891 for more information.
3892 @end itemize
3893 @quotation Note
3894 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3895 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3896 @end quotation
3897 @end deffn
3898
3899 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3900 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3901 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3902 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3903 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3904 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3905 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3906 @end deffn
3907
3908 @deffn Command {flash list}
3909 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3910 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3911 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3912 @end deffn
3913
3914 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3915 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3916 depends on the flash type.
3917 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3918 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3919 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3920 but most don't bother.
3921 @end deffn
3922
3923 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3924 @cindex flash erasing
3925 @cindex flash reading
3926 @cindex flash writing
3927 @cindex flash programming
3928
3929 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3930 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3931 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3932 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3933 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3934
3935 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3936 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3937 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3938 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3939 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3940
3941 @quotation Note
3942 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3943 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3944 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3945 back to a flash bank.
3946 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3947 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3948 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3949 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3950 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3951 @end quotation
3952
3953 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3954 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3955 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3956 disabled first.
3957 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3958 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3959 @xref{flash protect}.
3960
3961 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3962 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3963 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3964 up to and including @var{last}.
3965 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3966 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3967 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3968 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3969 @end deffn
3970
3971 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3972 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3973 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3974 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3975 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3976 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3977 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3978 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3979 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3980 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3984 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3985 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3986 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3987 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3988 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3989 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3990 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3991 before issuing this command.
3992 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3993 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3994 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3995 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3996 @end deffn
3997 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3998
3999 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4000 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4001 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4002 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4003 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4004 @end deffn
4005
4006 @anchor{flash write_image}
4007 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4008 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4009 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4010 to the base address for each section in the image.
4011 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4012 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4013 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4014 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4015 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4016 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4017 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4018 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4019 each image section.
4020
4021 @quotation Warning
4022 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4023 data you want to preserve.
4024 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4025 sections might be erased with no notice.
4026 @itemize
4027 @item
4028 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4029 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4030 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4031 @item
4032 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4033 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4034 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4035 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4036 @end itemize
4037 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4038 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4039 @end quotation
4040
4041 @end deffn
4042
4043 @section Other Flash commands
4044 @cindex flash protection
4045
4046 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4047 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4048 and display that status.
4049 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4050 @end deffn
4051
4052 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4053 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4054 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4055 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4056 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4057 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @anchor{flash protect}
4061 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4062 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4063 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4064 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4065 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4066 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4067 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4068 @end deffn
4069
4070 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4071 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4072 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4073 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4074 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4075 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4076 @end deffn
4077
4078 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4079 @section Flash Driver List
4080 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4081 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4082 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4083
4084 @subsection External Flash
4085
4086 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4087 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4088 @cindex CFI
4089 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4090 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4091 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4092 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4093 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4094 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4095 configure a bus and its timings), or
4096 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4097 on the flash chip.
4098 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4099 speed up operation.
4100
4101 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4102
4103 @itemize
4104 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4105 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4106 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4107 @end itemize
4108
4109 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4110 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4111
4112 @example
4113 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4114 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4115 @end example
4116
4117 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4118 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4119 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4120
4121 @example
4122 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4123 @end example
4124
4125 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4126 @end deffn
4127
4128 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4129
4130 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4131 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4132 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4133 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4134 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4135 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4136
4137 @example
4138 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4139 @end example
4140 @end deffn
4141
4142 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4143 @cindex at91sam3
4144 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4145 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4146 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4147 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4148 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4149 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4150 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4151 chips are confirmed.}
4152
4153 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4154 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4155 the following fixed locations:
4156
4157 @example
4158 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4159 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4160 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4161 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4162 @end example
4163
4164 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4165 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4166 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4167
4168 @itemize
4169 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4170 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4171 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4172 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4173 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4174 @end itemize
4175
4176 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4177
4178 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4179 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4180 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4181 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4182 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4183 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4184 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4185
4186 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4187 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4188 @end deffn
4189
4190 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4191 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4192 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4193 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4194 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4195 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4196 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4197 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4198 @end deffn
4199
4200 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4201 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4202 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4203 @end deffn
4204 @end deffn
4205
4206 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4207 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4208 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4209 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4210 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4211
4212 @example
4213 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4214 @end example
4215
4216 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4217 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4218
4219 @itemize
4220 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4221 @item @var{banks}
4222 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4223 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4224 @item @var{pages_size}
4225 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4226 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4227 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4228 @end itemize
4229
4230 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4231 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4232 will be autoconfigured.
4233 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4234
4235 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4236 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4237 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4238 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4239 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4240
4241 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4242 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4243 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4244 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4245 are not truly general purpose).
4246 @quotation Note
4247 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4248 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4249 @end quotation
4250 @end deffn
4251 @end deffn
4252
4253 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4254 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4255 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4256 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4257 @end deffn
4258
4259 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4260 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4261 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4262 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4263 and executed.
4264 @end deffn
4265
4266 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4267 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4268 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4269
4270 @quotation Note
4271 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4272 driver:
4273 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4274 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4275 @end quotation
4276
4277 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4278 which must appear in the following order:
4279
4280 @itemize
4281 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4282 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4283 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4284 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4285 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4286 at which the core is running
4287 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4288 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4289 @quotation Note
4290 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4291 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4292 However, if you do provide it,
4293 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4294 @end quotation
4295 @end itemize
4296
4297 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4298
4299 @example
4300 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4301 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4302 @end example
4303
4304 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4305 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4306 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4307 @end deffn
4308 @end deffn
4309
4310 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4311 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4312 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4313 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4314 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4315 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4316
4317 @example
4318 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4319 @end example
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4323 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4324 from NXP.
4325
4326 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4327 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4328 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4329 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4330 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4331 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4332 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4333 you start the PLL.
4334
4335 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4336
4337 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4338 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4339 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4340
4341 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4342 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4343 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4344 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4345 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4346 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4347 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4348
4349 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4350 @example
4351 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4352 @end example
4353
4354 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4355 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4356 @code{flash banks} command.
4357
4358 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4359 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4360 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4361 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4362 a known signature.
4363 Example:
4364 @example
4365 lpc2900 signature 0
4366 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4367 @end example
4368 @end deffn
4369
4370 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4371 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4372 saves it to a file in binary format.
4373 Example:
4374 @example
4375 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4376 @end example
4377 @end deffn
4378
4379 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4380 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4381 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4382 command:
4383
4384 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4385 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4386 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4387 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4388
4389 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4390 Example:
4391 @example
4392 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4393 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4394 @end example
4395 @end deffn
4396
4397 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4398 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4399 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4400 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4401 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4402 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4403 912 bytes.
4404 @quotation Attention
4405 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4406 @end quotation
4407 Example:
4408 @example
4409 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4410 @end example
4411 @end deffn
4412
4413 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4414 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4415 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4416 after the next power cycle.
4417 @quotation Attention
4418 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4419 @end quotation
4420 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4421 Example:
4422 @example
4423 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4424 flash info 0
4425 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4426 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4427 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4428 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4429 @end example
4430 @end deffn
4431
4432 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4433 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4434 effective after the next power cycle.
4435 @quotation Attention
4436 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4437 @end quotation
4438 Examples:
4439 @example
4440 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4441 @end example
4442 @end deffn
4443 @end deffn
4444
4445 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4446 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4447
4448 @example
4449 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4450 @end example
4451 @end deffn
4452
4453 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4454 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4455 and integrate flash memory.
4456 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4457
4458 @example
4459 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4460 @end example
4461
4462 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4463 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4464 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4465 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4466 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4467 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4468 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4469 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4470 @end deffn
4471 @end deffn
4472
4473 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4474 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4475 Texas Instruments
4476 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4477 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4478 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4479 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4480 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4481 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4482
4483 @example
4484 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4485 @end example
4486 @end deffn
4487
4488 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4489 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4490 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4491 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4492 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4493
4494 @example
4495 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4496 @end example
4497
4498 Some stm32x-specific commands
4499 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4500 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4501 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4502 are defined:
4503
4504 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4505 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4506 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4507 @end deffn
4508
4509 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4510 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4511 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4512 @end deffn
4513
4514 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4515 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4516 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4517 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4518 @end deffn
4519
4520 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4521 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4522 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4523 @end deffn
4524 @end deffn
4525
4526 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4527 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4528 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4529 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4530 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4531
4532 @example
4533 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4534 @end example
4535
4536 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4537 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4538 for the specified flash bank.
4539 @end deffn
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4543 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4544 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4545 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4546 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4547
4548 @example
4549 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4550 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4551 @end example
4552
4553 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4554 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4555 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4556
4557 @itemize @bullet
4558 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4559 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4560 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4561 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4562 @end itemize
4563 @end deffn
4564
4565 @end deffn
4566
4567 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4568 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4569 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4570 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4571
4572 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4573
4574 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4575 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4576 @end deffn
4577
4578 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4579 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4580 @end deffn
4581
4582 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4583 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4584 the flash clock.
4585 @end deffn
4586 @end deffn
4587
4588 @subsection str9xpec driver
4589 @cindex str9xpec
4590
4591 Here is some background info to help
4592 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4593 the str9:
4594 @enumerate
4595 @item
4596 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4597 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4598 @item
4599 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4600 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4601 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4602 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4603 @end enumerate
4604
4605 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4606 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4607 configured for flash bank 0.
4608 @example
4609 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4610 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4611 jtag_reset 0 1
4612 # turn off target polling
4613 poll off
4614 # disable str9 core
4615 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4616 # read option bytes
4617 str9xpec options_read 0
4618 # re-enable str9 core
4619 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4620 poll on
4621 reset halt
4622 @end example
4623 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4624 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4625 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4626 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4627
4628 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4629 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4630 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4631 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4632 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4633
4634 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4635
4636 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4637 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4638 @end deffn
4639
4640 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4641 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4642 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4643 @end deffn
4644
4645 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4646 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4647 erase the device.
4648 @end deffn
4649
4650 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4651 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4652 @end deffn
4653
4654 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4655 Configure str9 boot bank.
4656 @end deffn
4657
4658 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4659 Configure str9 lvd source.
4660 @end deffn
4661
4662 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4663 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4664 @end deffn
4665
4666 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4667 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4668 @end deffn
4669
4670 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4671 Read str9 option bytes.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4675 Write str9 option bytes.
4676 @end deffn
4677
4678 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4679 unlock str9 device.
4680 @end deffn
4681
4682 @end deffn
4683
4684
4685 @section mFlash
4686
4687 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4688 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4689
4690 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4691 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4692 address @var{base}.
4693 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4694 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4695
4696 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4697
4698 @example
4699 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4700 @end example
4701
4702 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4703
4704 @example
4705 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4706 @end example
4707 @end deffn
4708
4709 @subsection mFlash commands
4710 @cindex mFlash commands
4711
4712 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4713 Configure mflash PLL.
4714 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4715 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4716 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4717 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4718 @end deffn
4719
4720 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4721 Configure bootable option.
4722 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4723 (4kB) for boot.
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4727 Configure storage information.
4728 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4729 written.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4733 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4734 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4738 Probe mflash.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4742 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4743 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @node NAND Flash Commands
4747 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4748 @cindex NAND
4749
4750 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4751 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4752 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4753
4754 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4755 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4756 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4757 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4758 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4759 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4760
4761 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4762 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4763 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4764 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4765 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4766 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4767 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4768 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4769 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4770 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4771
4772 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4773 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4774 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4775 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4776 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4777 every 512 bytes of data.
4778
4779 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4780 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4781 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4782 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4783 ECC mode is used.
4784
4785 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4786 @enumerate
4787 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4788 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4789 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4790 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4791 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4792 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4793 to access that device.
4794 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4795 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4796 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4797 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4798 de-brick a board.
4799 @end enumerate
4800
4801 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4802 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4803 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4804 are only 32 bits wide.
4805 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4806 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4807 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4808 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4809
4810 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4811 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4812 @cindex NAND configuration
4813
4814 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4815 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4816 OpenOCD has initialized.
4817
4818 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4819 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4820 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4821 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4822 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4823 they were a single (larger) device.
4824 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4825 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4826
4827 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4828 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4829 configuration files, not interactively.
4830
4831 @itemize @bullet
4832 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4833 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4834 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4835 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4836 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4837 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4838 commands to the NAND controller.
4839 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4840 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4841 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4842 for more information.
4843 @end itemize
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn Command {nand list}
4847 Prints a summary of each device declared
4848 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4849 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4850 @example
4851 > nand list
4852 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4853 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4854 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4855 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4856 >
4857 @end example
4858 @end deffn
4859
4860 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4861 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4862 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4863 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4864 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4865 it with most other NAND commands.
4866 @end deffn
4867
4868 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4869
4870 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4871 @cindex NAND reading
4872 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4873 starting at the specified offset.
4874 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4875
4876 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4877 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4878
4879 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4880 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4881 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4882
4883 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4884 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4885 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4886 method which handled that error correction.
4887
4888 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4889 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4890 @itemize @bullet
4891 @item no oob_* parameter
4892 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4893 @item @code{oob_raw}
4894 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4895 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4896 spare areas associated with each data page.
4897 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4898 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4899 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4900 @item @code{oob_only}
4901 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4902 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4903 spare areas associated with each data page.
4904 @end itemize
4905 @end deffn
4906
4907 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4908 @cindex NAND erasing
4909 @cindex NAND programming
4910 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4911 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4912 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4913 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4914 If those parameters are not specified,
4915 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4916 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4917
4918 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4919 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4920 block marker.
4921 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4922 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4923 @end deffn
4924
4925 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4926 @cindex NAND writing
4927 @cindex NAND programming
4928 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4929 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4930 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4931 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4932
4933 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4934 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4935
4936 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4937 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4938 past the end of the device.
4939 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4940 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4941 if that's being written.)
4942
4943 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4944 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4945 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4946
4947 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4948 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4949 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4950 @itemize @bullet
4951 @item no oob_* parameter
4952 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4953 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4954 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4955 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4956 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4957 @item @code{oob_only}
4958 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4959 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4960 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4961 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4962 @item @code{oob_raw}
4963 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4964 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4965 un-altered OOB.
4966 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4967 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4968 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4969 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4970 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4971 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4972 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4973 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4974 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4975 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4976 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4977 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4978 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4979 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4980 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4981 @end itemize
4982 @end deffn
4983
4984 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4985 @cindex NAND verification
4986 @cindex NAND programming
4987 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4988 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4989 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4990
4991 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4992 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4993
4994 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4995 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4996 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4997 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4998 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4999
5000 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5001 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5002 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5003
5004 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5005 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5006 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5007 be removed in a future release.
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @section Other NAND commands
5011 @cindex NAND other commands
5012
5013 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5014 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5015 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5016 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5017 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5018 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5019 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5020 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5021
5022 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5023 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5024 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5025 @end deffn
5026
5027 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5028 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5029 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5030 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5031 status for each block.
5032 @end deffn
5033
5034 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5035 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5036 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5037
5038 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5039 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5040 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5041 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5042 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5043
5044 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5045 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5046 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5047 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5048 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5049 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5050 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5054 @section NAND Driver List
5055 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5056 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5057 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5058
5059 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5060 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5061 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5062 address of the ECC controller.
5063 @example
5064 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5065 @end example
5066 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5067 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5068 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5069 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5070 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5071 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5072 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5073 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5074 @end deffn
5075 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5076 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5077 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5081 properly configured for input or output.
5082 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5083 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5084 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5085 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5086 @end deffn
5087 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5088 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5089 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5090 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5091 @end deffn
5092 @end deffn
5093
5094 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5095 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5096 chips from Texas Instruments.
5097 It takes three extra parameters:
5098 address of the NAND chip;
5099 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5100 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5101 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5102 @example
5103 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5104 @end example
5105 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5106 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5107 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5108 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5109 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5110 @end deffn
5111
5112 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5113 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5114 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5115 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5116 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5117 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5118 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5119 @end deffn
5120
5121 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5122 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5123 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5124 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5125 @end deffn
5126 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5127
5128 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5129 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5130 parameter: the address of the controller.
5131 @example
5132 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5133 @end example
5134 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5135 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5136 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5137 change any behavior.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5141 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5142 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5143 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5144 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5145 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5146 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5147 specialized commands.
5148 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5149 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5150 change any behavior.
5151 @end deffn
5152
5153 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5154 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5155 @cindex PLD
5156 @cindex FPGA
5157
5158 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5159 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5160 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5161 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5162 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5163 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5164 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5165
5166 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5167
5168 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5169 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5170 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5171
5172 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5173 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5174
5175 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5176 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5177 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5178 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5179 behavior.
5180 @end deffn
5181
5182 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5183 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5184 @end deffn
5185
5186 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5187 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5188 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5189 @end deffn
5190
5191 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5192
5193 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5194 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5195 that particular type of PLD.
5196
5197 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5198 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5199 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5200 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5201 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5202
5203 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5204 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5205 for FPGA @var{num}.
5206 @end deffn
5207 @end deffn
5208
5209 @node General Commands
5210 @chapter General Commands
5211 @cindex commands
5212
5213 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5214 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5215 commands are documented elsewhere.
5216
5217 Intent:
5218 @itemize @bullet
5219 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5220 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5221 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5222 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5223
5224 @item @b{From the human}
5225 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5226 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5227
5228 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5229 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5230 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5231
5232 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5233 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5234 port is 5555.
5235 @end itemize
5236
5237
5238 @section Daemon Commands
5239
5240 @deffn {Command} exit
5241 Exits the current telnet session.
5242 @end deffn
5243
5244 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5245 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5246 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5247 Not every command provides helptext.
5248
5249 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5250 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5251 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5252 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5253 @end deffn
5254
5255 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5256 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5257 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5258 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5259 Useful in connection with script files
5260 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5261 @end deffn
5262
5263 @deffn Command shutdown
5264 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5265 @end deffn
5266
5267 @anchor{debug_level}
5268 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5269 @cindex message level
5270 Display debug level.
5271 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5272 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5273 Level 0 is error messages only;
5274 level 1 adds warnings;
5275 level 2 adds informational messages;
5276 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5277 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5278 the command line along with the location of that log
5279 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5280 @xref{Running}.
5281 @end deffn
5282
5283 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5284 Default disabled.
5285 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5286
5287 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5288 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5289 individually overridden.
5290
5291 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5292 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5293 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5294
5295 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5296
5297 @example
5298 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5299 @end example
5300 @end deffn
5301
5302 @deffn Command echo message
5303 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5304 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5305 @example
5306 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5307 @end example
5308 @end deffn
5309
5310 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5311 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5312 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5313 @end deffn
5314
5315 @anchor{Target State handling}
5316 @section Target State handling
5317 @cindex reset
5318 @cindex halt
5319 @cindex target initialization
5320
5321 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5322 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5323 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5324 a current target which is used to perform the
5325 various operations. The current target may be changed
5326 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5327 target which should become current.
5328
5329 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5330 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5331 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5332 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5333 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5334
5335 @emph{With no arguments}:
5336 list all available registers for the current target,
5337 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5338 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5339 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5340 are flagged as such.
5341
5342 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5343
5344 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5345 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5346 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5347 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5348 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5349 relevant module will flush such values.
5350
5351 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5352 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5353
5354 @example
5355 > reg
5356 ===== ARM registers
5357 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5358 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5359 (2) r2 (/32)
5360 ...
5361 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5362 >
5363 @end example
5364 @end deffn
5365
5366 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5367 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5368 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5369 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5370 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5371 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5372 (and enter debug mode).
5373 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5374
5375 @quotation Warning
5376 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5377 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5378 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5379 power mode by gating the core clock;
5380 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5381
5382 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5383 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5384 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5385 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5386 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5387 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5388
5389 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5390 work with a JTAG debugger.
5391 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5392 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5393 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5394 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5395 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5396 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5397 @end quotation
5398
5399 @end deffn
5400
5401 @deffn Command resume [address]
5402 Resume the target at its current code position,
5403 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5404 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5405 @end deffn
5406
5407 @deffn Command step [address]
5408 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5409 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5410 @end deffn
5411
5412 @anchor{Reset Command}
5413 @deffn Command reset
5414 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5415 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5416 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5417 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5418 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5419 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5420
5421 The optional parameter specifies what should
5422 happen after the reset.
5423 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5424 The other options will not work on all systems.
5425 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5426
5427 @itemize @minus
5428 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5429 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5430 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5431 @end itemize
5432 @end deffn
5433
5434 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5435 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5436 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5437 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5438 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5439 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5440 state.
5441 @end deffn
5442
5443 @section I/O Utilities
5444
5445 These commands are available when
5446 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5447 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5448 notably the ZY1000.
5449 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5450
5451 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5452
5453 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5454 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5455 the text file @file{filename}.
5456 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5457 The last string is followed by a newline.
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @deffn Command cat filename
5461 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5465 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5466 into @file{dest_filename}.
5467 @end deffn
5468
5469 @deffn Command ip
5470 @emph{No description provided.}
5471 @end deffn
5472
5473 @deffn Command ls
5474 @emph{No description provided.}
5475 @end deffn
5476
5477 @deffn Command mac
5478 @emph{No description provided.}
5479 @end deffn
5480
5481 @deffn Command meminfo
5482 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5483 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn Command peek
5487 @emph{No description provided.}
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @deffn Command poke
5491 @emph{No description provided.}
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 @deffn Command rm filename
5495 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5496 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn Command trunc filename
5500 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5501 @end deffn
5502
5503 @anchor{Memory access}
5504 @section Memory access commands
5505 @cindex memory access
5506
5507 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5508 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5509 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5510 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5511
5512 @enumerate
5513 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5514 to change the current target.
5515 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5516 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5517 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5518 @end enumerate
5519
5520 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5521 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5522 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5523 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5524 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5525 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5526 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5527 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5528 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5529 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5530 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5531 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5532 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5536 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5537 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5538 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5539 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5540 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5541 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5542 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5543 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5544 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5545 @end deffn
5546
5547
5548 @anchor{Image access}
5549 @section Image loading commands
5550 @cindex image loading
5551 @cindex image dumping
5552
5553 @anchor{dump_image}
5554 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5555 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5556 binary file named @var{filename}.
5557 @end deffn
5558
5559 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5560 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5561 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5562 @end deffn
5563
5564 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5565 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5566 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5567 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5568 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5569 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5570 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5571 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5572 separately.
5573 @end deffn
5574
5575 @anchor{load_image}
5576 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5577 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5578 The file format may optionally be specified
5579 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5580 @end deffn
5581
5582 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5583 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5584 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5585 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5586 The file format may optionally be specified
5587 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5591 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5592 The file format may optionally be specified
5593 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5594 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5595 @end deffn
5596
5597
5598 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5599 @cindex breakpoint
5600 @cindex watchpoint
5601
5602 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5603 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5604 watchpoints.
5605 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5606
5607 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5608 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5609 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5610 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5611 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5612 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5613
5614 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5615 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5616 @end deffn
5617
5618 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5619 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5620 @end deffn
5621
5622 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5623 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5627 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5628 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5629 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5630 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5631 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5632 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5633 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5634 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5635 @end deffn
5636
5637 @section Misc Commands
5638
5639 @cindex profiling
5640 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5641 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5642 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5643 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5644 @end deffn
5645
5646 @deffn Command {version}
5647 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5651 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5652 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5653 @end deffn
5654
5655 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5656 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5657 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5658 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5659
5660 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5661 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5662 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5663 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5664
5665 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5666 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5667 @cindex tracing
5668 @cindex ETM
5669 @cindex ETB
5670
5671 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5672 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5673 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5674
5675 @itemize
5676 @item
5677 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5678 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5679 supports such an interface.
5680 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5681 and trace port support.)
5682 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5683 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5684 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5685 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5686 in the board-specific configuration file.
5687 @item
5688 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5689 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5690 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5691 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5692 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5693 @end itemize
5694
5695 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5696
5697 @quotation Issues
5698 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5699 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5700
5701 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5702 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5703 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5704 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5705 dummy trace port driver}.
5706
5707 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5708 as well as tracing only during specific states
5709 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5710
5711 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5712 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5713 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5714 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5715 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5716
5717 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5718 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5719 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5720 this original style of JTAG access.
5721 @end quotation
5722
5723 @subsection ETM Configuration
5724 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5725
5726 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5727 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5728 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5729
5730 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5731 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5732 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5733 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5734 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5735 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5736 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5737 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5738 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5739
5740 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5741 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5742 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5743
5744 @quotation Warning
5745 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5746 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5747 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5748 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5749 @end quotation
5750
5751 @quotation Note
5752 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5753 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5754 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5755 what CPU activities are traced.
5756 @end quotation
5757 @end deffn
5758
5759 @deffn Command {etm info}
5760 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5761 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5762 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5763 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @deffn Command {etm status}
5767 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5768 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5769 Did trace data overflow?
5770 Was it triggered?
5771 @end deffn
5772
5773 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5774 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5775 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5776 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5777 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5778
5779 @itemize
5780 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5781 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5782 The value is one of
5783 @option{none} (save nothing),
5784 @option{data} (save data),
5785 @option{address} (save addresses),
5786 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5787 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5788 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5789 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5790 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5791 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5792 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5793 trace stream without an image of the code.
5794 @end itemize
5795 @end deffn
5796
5797 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5798 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5799 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5800 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5801 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5802
5803 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5804 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5805 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5806 @end deffn
5807
5808 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5809
5810 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5811 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5812 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5813
5814 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5815 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5816 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5817 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5818 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5819 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5820 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5821
5822 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5823
5824 @itemize
5825 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5826 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5827 for instruction access within that function's body.
5828 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5829 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5830 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5831 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5832 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5833 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5834 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5835 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5836 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5837 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5838 @item @emph{... more}
5839 @end itemize
5840
5841 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5842 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5843
5844 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5845 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5846 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5847 @end deffn
5848
5849 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5850 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5851 @end deffn
5852
5853 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5854 Opens an image file.
5855 @end deffn
5856
5857 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5858 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5859 @end deffn
5860
5861 @deffn Command {etm start}
5862 Starts trace data collection.
5863 @end deffn
5864
5865 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5866 Stops trace data collection.
5867 @end deffn
5868
5869 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5870 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5871
5872 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5873
5874 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5875 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5876 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5877 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5878 any trace data collection.}
5879 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5880 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5881 @end deffn
5882 @end deffn
5883
5884 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5885 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5886 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5887 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5888 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5889 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5890 @end deffn
5891 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5892 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5893 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5894 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5895 trace trigger becomes active.
5896
5897 @itemize
5898 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5899 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5900 afterwards.
5901 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5902 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5903 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5904 what caused that event to happen.
5905 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5906 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5907 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5908 how the event caused trouble.
5909 @end itemize
5910 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5911 @end deffn
5912
5913 @end deffn
5914
5915 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5916 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5917 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5918 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5919 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5920
5921 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5922 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5923
5924 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5925 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5926 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5927 @end deffn
5928
5929 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5930 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5931 @end deffn
5932
5933 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5934 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5935 @end deffn
5936 @end deffn
5937
5938
5939 @section Generic ARM
5940 @cindex ARM
5941
5942 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5943 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5944 commands that may be available.
5945
5946 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5947 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5948 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5949 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5950 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5951 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5952 @end deffn
5953
5954 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5955 @cindex disassemble
5956 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5957 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5958 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5959 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5960 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5961 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5962 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5963
5964 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5965 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5966 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5967 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5968 with a handful of exceptions.
5969 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5970 @end deffn
5971
5972 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5973 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5974 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5975 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5976 and using the MCR instruction.
5977 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5978 an ARM register.)
5979 @end deffn
5980
5981 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5982 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5983 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5984 and the MRC instruction.
5985 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5986 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5987 an ARM register.)
5988 @end deffn
5989
5990 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5991 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5992 core mode if necessary.
5993 @end deffn
5994
5995 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5996 @cindex ARMv4
5997 @cindex ARMv5
5998
5999 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6000 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6001 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6002 variant.
6003
6004 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6005 @cindex ARM7
6006 @cindex ARM9
6007
6008 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6009 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6010 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6011 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6012
6013 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6014 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6015 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6016 instead of breakpoints.
6017 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6018
6019 This should be
6020 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6021 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6022 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6023 @end deffn
6024
6025 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6026 @cindex DCC
6027 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6028 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6029 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6030
6031 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6032 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6033 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6034 @end deffn
6035
6036 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6037 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6038 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6039 that don't check completion of the operation.
6040 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6041
6042 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6043 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6044 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6045 @end deffn
6046
6047 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6048 @cindex ARM semihosting
6049 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6050
6051 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6052 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6053 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6054 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6055 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6056 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6057 @end deffn
6058
6059 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6060 @cindex ARM720T
6061
6062 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6063 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6064 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6065 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6066
6067 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6068 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6069 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6070
6071 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6072 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6073 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6074 @end deffn
6075
6076 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6077 @cindex ARM9
6078
6079 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6080 integer processors.
6081 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6082
6083 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6084 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6085 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6086 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6087
6088 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6089 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6090 @cindex vector_catch
6091 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6092 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6093 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6094 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6095 to those hardware vectors.
6096
6097 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6098 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6099 vector catch hardware to intercept
6100 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6101 @option{none} of them,
6102 or a list with one or more of the following:
6103 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6104 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6105 @end deffn
6106
6107 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6108 @cindex ARM920T
6109
6110 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6111 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6112 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6113 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6114 and ARM9 commands.
6115
6116 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6117 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6118 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6122 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6123 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6124 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6125 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6126 (Not all registers can be written.)
6127 @end deffn
6128
6129 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6130 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6131 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6132
6133 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6134 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6135 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6136 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6137 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6138 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6139 @end deffn
6140
6141 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6142 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6143 @end deffn
6144
6145 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6146 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6150 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6151
6152 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6153 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6154 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6155 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6156 and ARM9 commands.
6157
6158 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6159 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6160
6161 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6162 Print information about the caches found.
6163 @end deffn
6164
6165 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6166 @cindex ARM966E
6167
6168 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6169 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6170 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6171 and ARM9 commands.
6172
6173 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6174 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6175 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6176 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6177 ARM966E-S TRM.
6178 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6179 as required for BIST support.
6180 @end deffn
6181
6182 @subsection XScale specific commands
6183 @cindex XScale
6184
6185 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6186
6187 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6188 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6189 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6190 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6191 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6192 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6193 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6194
6195 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6196 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6197 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6198 vector_table} command.
6199
6200 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6201 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6202 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6203 code layout in memory:
6204 @example
6205 _vectors:
6206 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6207 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6208 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6209 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6210 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6211 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6212 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6213 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6214 .org 0x100
6215 .long real_reset_vector
6216 .long real_ui_handler
6217 .long real_swi_handler
6218 .long real_pf_abort
6219 .long real_data_abort
6220 .long 0 /* unused */
6221 .long real_irq_handler
6222 .long real_fiq_handler
6223 @end example
6224
6225 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6226 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6227 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6228 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6229
6230
6231 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6232 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6233
6234 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6235 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6236 @end deffn
6237
6238 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6239 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6243 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6247 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6248 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6249 @end deffn
6250
6251 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6252 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6253 @end deffn
6254
6255 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6256 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6257 @end deffn
6258
6259 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6260 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6261 @end deffn
6262
6263 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6264 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6268 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6269 @end deffn
6270
6271 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6272 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6273 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6274 and modifying how it is emptied.
6275 @end deffn
6276
6277 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6278 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6279 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6280 The image @var{type} may be one of
6281 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6282 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6283 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6284 @end deffn
6285
6286 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6287 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6288 @cindex vector_catch
6289 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6290 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6291
6292 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6293 @example
6294 0x01 Trap Reset
6295 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6296 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6297 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6298 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6299 0x20 reserved
6300 0x40 Trap IRQ
6301 0x80 Trap FIQ
6302 @end example
6303 @end deffn
6304
6305 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6306 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6307 @cindex vector_table
6308
6309 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6310 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6311 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6312 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6313 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6314
6315 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6316
6317 @end deffn
6318
6319 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6320 @cindex ARMv6
6321
6322 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6323 @cindex ARM11
6324
6325 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6326 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6327 which is enabled by default.
6328 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6329 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6330 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6331 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6332 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6333 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6334 @end deffn
6335
6336 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6337 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6338 which is enabled by default.
6339 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6340 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6344 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6345 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6346 they are disabled by default.
6347 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6348 @end deffn
6349
6350 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6351 @cindex vector_catch
6352 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6353 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6354 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6355
6356 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6357 for certain hardware events.
6358 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6359 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6360 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6361 @end deffn
6362
6363 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6364 @cindex ARMv7
6365
6366 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6367 @cindex Debug Access Port
6368 @cindex DAP
6369 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6370 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6371 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6372
6373 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6374 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6375 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6379 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6383 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6384 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6385 @end deffn
6386
6387 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6388 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6389 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6390 @end deffn
6391
6392 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6393 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6394 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6395 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6396 @end deffn
6397
6398 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6399 @cindex Cortex-M3
6400
6401 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6402 @cindex disassemble
6403 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6404 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6405 @end deffn
6406
6407 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6408 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6409 @end deffn
6410
6411 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6412 @cindex vector_catch
6413 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6414 for certain hardware events.
6415
6416 Parameters request interception of
6417 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6418 @option{none} of them,
6419 or one or more of the following:
6420 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6421 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6422 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6423 @option{irq_err},
6424 @option{state_err},
6425 @option{chk_err}, or
6426 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6427 @option{reset}.
6428 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6429 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6430 are mapped to HardFault.
6431 UsageFault checks for
6432 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6433 must also be explicitly enabled.
6434
6435 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6436 @end deffn
6437
6438 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6439 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6440 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6441 @cindex tracing
6442 @cindex libdcc
6443 @cindex DCC
6444 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6445 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6446 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6447 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6448
6449 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6450 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6451 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6452 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6453 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6454 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6455
6456 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6457 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6458 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6459 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6460 The target being debugged may
6461 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6462 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6463 each supported by a command:
6464
6465 @itemize
6466 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6467 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6468 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6469 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6470
6471 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6472 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6473 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6474
6475 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6476 and then displayed at any time.
6477 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6478
6479 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6480 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6481 @end itemize
6482
6483 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6484 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6485 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6486 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6487 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6488 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6489 does the same thing.
6490
6491 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6492 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6493 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6494 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6495 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6496
6497 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6498 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6499 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6503 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6504 in the order they triggered.
6505 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6506 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6507 history records.
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6511 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6512 they have been triggered.
6513 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6514 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6515 and associates it with that identifier.
6516
6517 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6518 are not related except by this command.
6519 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6520 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523
6524 @node JTAG Commands
6525 @chapter JTAG Commands
6526 @cindex JTAG Commands
6527 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6528 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6529 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6530 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6531 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6532
6533 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6534 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6535
6536 @itemize @bullet
6537 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6538 devices such as a CPUs.
6539 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6540 standard state machine (in parallel)
6541 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6542 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6543 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6544 while the reading previous ones.
6545 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6546 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6547 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6548 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6549 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6550 registers.
6551 @end itemize
6552
6553 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6554
6555 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6556 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6557 the order of TAP state transitions.
6558 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6559 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6560 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6561
6562 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6563 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6564 that specify the entire register.
6565 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6566 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6567 The return value holds the original value of each
6568 of those fields.
6569
6570 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6571 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6572 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6573 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6574 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6575
6576 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6577 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6578
6579 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6580 in that state.
6581 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6582 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6583 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6584
6585 @quotation Warning
6586 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6587 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6588 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6589 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6590 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6591 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6592 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6593 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6594 @end quotation
6595 @end deffn
6596
6597 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6598 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6599 This may be used for performance tuning.
6600
6601 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6602 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6603 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6604 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6605 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6606 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6607 @end deffn
6608
6609 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6610 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6611 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6612 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6613 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6614 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6615
6616 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6617 in that state.
6618 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6619 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6620 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6621
6622 @quotation Note
6623 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6624 register values, unlike data register values.
6625 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6626 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6627 @end quotation
6628 @end deffn
6629
6630 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6631 Set values of reset signals.
6632 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6633 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6634 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6635 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6636 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6637 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6638 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6639
6640 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6641 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6642 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6643 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6644 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6645 instead of the TRST signal.
6646 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6647 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6648 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6649 with handlers for that event.
6650 @end deffn
6651
6652 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6653 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6654 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6655 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6656 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6657 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6658 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6659 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6660 The final state must also be stable.
6661 @end deffn
6662
6663 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6664 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6665 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6666 Instructions often need some time
6667 to execute before they take effect.
6668 @end deffn
6669
6670 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6671 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6672
6673 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6674 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6675 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6676 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6677 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6678 @end deffn
6679
6680 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6681 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6682 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6683 must also be enabled.
6684 Default is enabled.
6685 @end deffn
6686
6687 @section TAP state names
6688 @cindex TAP state names
6689
6690 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6691 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6692 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6693 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6694
6695 @itemize @bullet
6696 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6697 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6698 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6699 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6700 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6701 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6702 through the data register
6703 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6704 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6705 for update or more shifting
6706 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6707 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6708 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6709 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6710 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6711 through the instruction register
6712 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6713 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6714 for update or more shifting
6715 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6716 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6717 @end itemize
6718
6719 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6720 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6721 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6722 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6723
6724 @itemize @bullet
6725 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6726 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6727 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6728 may not be as expected.
6729 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6730 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6731 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6732 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6733 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6734 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6735 @end itemize
6736
6737 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6738 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6739
6740 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6741 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6742 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6743 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6744
6745 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6746 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6747 @cindex SVF
6748
6749 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6750 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6751 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6752
6753 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6754 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6755 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6756 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6757 each command is logged before it is executed.
6758 @end deffn
6759
6760 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6761 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6762 @cindex XSVF
6763
6764 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6765 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6766 Xilinx devices.
6767 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6768
6769 @quotation Important
6770 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6771 @end quotation
6772
6773 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6774 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6775 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6776 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6777 that TAP.
6778 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6779 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6780 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6781 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6782 @end deffn
6783
6784 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6785 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6786 after building the software.
6787 You may find them useful:
6788
6789 @itemize
6790 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6791 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6792 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6793 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6794 @end itemize
6795
6796 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6797 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6798 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6799 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6800 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6801 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6802 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6803
6804
6805 @node TFTP
6806 @chapter TFTP
6807 @cindex TFTP
6808 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6809 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6810
6811 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6812 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6813 server (tftpd). For example,
6814
6815 @example
6816 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6817 @end example
6818
6819 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6820 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6821
6822 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6823 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6824 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6825 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6826
6827 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6828 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6829 @cindex GDB
6830 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6831 to debug remote targets.
6832 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6833
6834 @itemize
6835 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6836 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6837 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6838 as shown in this chapter.
6839 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6840 that also will probably need to be configured.
6841 @end itemize
6842
6843 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6844 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6845 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6846 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6847 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6848 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6849
6850 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6851 @section Connecting to GDB
6852 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6853 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6854 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6855 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6856 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6857
6858 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6859
6860 @enumerate
6861 @item
6862 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6863 @example
6864 target remote localhost:3333
6865 @end example
6866 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6867 @item
6868 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6869 @example
6870 target remote | openocd --pipe
6871 @end example
6872 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6873 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6874 session.
6875 @end enumerate
6876
6877 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6878 GDB command line.
6879
6880 @section Sample GDB session startup
6881
6882 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6883 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6884 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6885 small ARM program.
6886 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6887 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6888
6889 @example
6890 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6891 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6892 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6893 ...
6894 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6895 ...
6896 (gdb) load
6897 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6898 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6899 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6900 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6901 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6902 (gdb) continue
6903 Continuing.
6904 ...
6905 @end example
6906
6907 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6908 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6909 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6910 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6911
6912 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6913
6914 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6915 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6916 packet size and the device's memory map.
6917 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6918 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6919 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6920
6921 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6922 You may need to set those up by hand.
6923 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6924 something like:
6925
6926 @example
6927 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6928 @end example
6929
6930 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6931
6932 @example
6933 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6934 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6935 @end example
6936
6937 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6938 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6939 do not have such restrictions.
6940
6941 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6942 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6943 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6944
6945 @example
6946 define hook-step
6947 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6948 end
6949 define hookpost-step
6950 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6951 end
6952 @end example
6953
6954 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6955 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6956 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6957 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6958
6959 @section Programming using GDB
6960 @cindex Programming using GDB
6961
6962 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6963 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6964 @example
6965 gdb_memory_map disable
6966 @end example
6967 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6968 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6969 working area.
6970
6971 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6972 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6973 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6974 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6975
6976 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6977 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6978
6979 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6980 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6981 @example
6982 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6983 @end example
6984
6985 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6986 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6987
6988 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6989 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6990 will be used.
6991
6992 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6993 script can be executed:
6994 @example
6995 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6996 @end example
6997
6998 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6999 can be used.
7000
7001 @node Tcl Scripting API
7002 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7003 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7004 @cindex Tcl scripts
7005 @section API rules
7006
7007 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7008 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7009 information as an argument to each proc.
7010
7011 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7012 pair list and lists.
7013
7014 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7015 list.
7016
7017 @verbatim
7018
7019 > set foo(me) Duane
7020 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7021 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7022 > set foo(duck) Donald
7023
7024 If one does this:
7025
7026 > set foo
7027
7028 The result is:
7029
7030 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7031
7032 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7033
7034 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7035 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7036 }
7037 @end verbatim
7038
7039 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7040 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7041
7042 @section Internal low-level Commands
7043
7044 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7045
7046 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7047 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7048 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7049
7050 @itemize @bullet
7051 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7052
7053 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7054 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7055
7056 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7057 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7058
7059 Return information about the flash banks
7060 @end itemize
7061
7062 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7063 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7064 called "flash_banks".
7065
7066 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7067
7068 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7069 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7070 holds one of the following values:
7071
7072 @itemize @bullet
7073 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7074 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7075 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7076 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7077 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7078 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7079 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7080 @end itemize
7081
7082 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7083
7084 @quotation Note
7085 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7086 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7087 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7088 is jim, not real tcl).
7089 @end quotation
7090
7091 @node FAQ
7092 @chapter FAQ
7093 @cindex faq
7094 @enumerate
7095 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7096 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7097 @cindex RTCK
7098 @cindex adaptive clocking
7099 @*
7100
7101 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7102 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7103 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7104 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7105
7106 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7107 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7108 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7109 @enumerate
7110 @item
7111 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7112 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7113 @item
7114 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7115 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7116 @end enumerate
7117
7118 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7119 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7120 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7121 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7122 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7123 power).
7124
7125 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7126 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7127 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7128 ARM926 scenario).
7129 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7130 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7131 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7132
7133 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7134 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7135 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7136 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7137
7138 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7139
7140 In order to make use of this,
7141 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7142 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7143
7144 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7145 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7146 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7147 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7148 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7149
7150 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7151 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7152 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7153 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7154
7155 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7156 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7157 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7158 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7159 with a CPLD.
7160 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7161 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7162 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7163 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7164 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7165 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7166
7167 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7168
7169 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7170
7171 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7172 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7173 depending on the chips on your board.
7174 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7175 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7176 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7177
7178 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7179
7180 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7181 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7182 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7183 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7184
7185 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7186 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7187 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7188 this way.
7189
7190 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7191 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7192 clock rate.
7193 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7194 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7195 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7196
7197 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7198
7199 @example
7200 # Example: 1.234MHz
7201 jtag_khz 1234
7202 @end example
7203
7204
7205 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7206
7207 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7208 around Windows filenames.
7209
7210 @example
7211 > echo \a
7212
7213 > echo @{\a@}
7214 \a
7215 > echo "\a"
7216
7217 >
7218 @end example
7219
7220
7221 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7222
7223 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7224 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7225 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7226
7227 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7228 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7229 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7230
7231 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7232 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7233 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7234
7235 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7236
7237 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7238 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7239 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7240 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7241
7242 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7243 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7244 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7245
7246 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7247 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7248
7249 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7250 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7251 memory read caused data abort".
7252
7253 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7254 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7255 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7256 be done, feel free to add this here.
7257
7258 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7259 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7260 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7261 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7262 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7263 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7264 gracefully stops.
7265
7266 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7267 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7268 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7269
7270 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7271 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7272 bytes. Painful...
7273
7274
7275 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7276 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7277
7278 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7279 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7280 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7281 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7282 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7283 reset, everything else should work fine.
7284
7285 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7286 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7287 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7288 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7289
7290 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7291 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7292 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7293 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7294
7295 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7296
7297 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7298 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7299 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7300 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7301
7302 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7303 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7304 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7305 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7306
7307 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7308 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7309 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7310
7311 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7312 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7313
7314 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7315 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7316 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7317 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7318 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7319 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7320 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7321 clock frequency?
7322
7323 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7324 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7325 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7326 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7327 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7328
7329 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7330
7331 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7332 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7333 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7334 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7335 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7336 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7337 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7338
7339 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7340
7341 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7342 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7343 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7344 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7345
7346 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7347 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7348 particular order?
7349
7350 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7351 the same order used by the hardware.
7352
7353 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7354 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7355 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7356 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7357 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7358 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7359
7360 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7361 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7362 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7363 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7364
7365 @itemize @bullet
7366 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7367 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7368 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7369 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7370 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7371 @end itemize
7372
7373 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7374
7375 @itemize @bullet
7376 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7377 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7378 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7379 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7380 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7381 @end itemize
7382
7383
7384 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7385 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7386 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7387
7388 TODO.
7389
7390 @end enumerate
7391
7392 @node Tcl Crash Course
7393 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7394 @cindex Tcl
7395
7396 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7397 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7398 how the Tcl scripts work.
7399
7400 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7401 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7402 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7403 OpenOCD.
7404
7405 @section Tcl Rule #1
7406 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7407 @enumerate
7408 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7409 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7410 @end enumerate
7411
7412 The Tcl equal is this:
7413
7414 @enumerate
7415 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7416 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7417 @end enumerate
7418
7419 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7420 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7421
7422 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7423 There is a second pair of rules.
7424 @enumerate
7425 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7426 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7427 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7428 in Tcl.
7429 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7430 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7431 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7432 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7433 @end enumerate
7434
7435 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7436 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7437 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7438 Everything is a string}
7439
7440 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7441 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7442 difference is subtle.
7443 @enumerate
7444 @item Parse Time
7445 @item Evaluation Time
7446 @end enumerate
7447
7448 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7449 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7450 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7451
7452 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7453 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7454 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7455 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7456
7457 @itemize @bullet
7458 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7459 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7460 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7461 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7462 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7463 @example
7464 # bash example
7465 X=`date`
7466 echo "The Date is: $X"
7467 # Tcl example
7468 set X [date]
7469 puts "The Date is: $X"
7470 @end example
7471 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7472 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7473 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7474 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7475 is a string}
7476 @example
7477 set x "Dinner"
7478 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7479 @end example
7480 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7481 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7482 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7483 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7484 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7485 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7486 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7487 @end itemize
7488
7489 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7490
7491 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7492
7493 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7494
7495 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7496 the normal way.
7497
7498 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7499 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7500 line is immedatly executed.
7501
7502 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7503 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7504
7505 @subsection Command Execution
7506
7507 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7508 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7509 control flow operators.
7510
7511 Commands are executed like this:
7512
7513 @enumerate
7514 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7515 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7516 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7517 @end enumerate
7518
7519 It sort of works like this:
7520 @example
7521 for(;;)@{
7522 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7523
7524 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7525
7526 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7527 @}
7528 @end example
7529
7530 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7531 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7532 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7533 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7534 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7535 ``LookupCommand()''
7536
7537 @subsection The FOR command
7538
7539 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7540 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7541 command just like any other command.
7542
7543 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7544 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7545 are:
7546
7547 @enumerate 0
7548 @item The ascii text 'for'
7549 @item The start text
7550 @item The test expression
7551 @item The next text
7552 @item The body text
7553 @end enumerate
7554
7555 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7556 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7557 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7558 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7559
7560 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7561 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7562
7563 @example
7564 int
7565 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7566 int *argc,
7567 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7568 @end example
7569
7570 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7571 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7572 still operates in the same basic way.
7573
7574 @subsection FOR command implementation
7575
7576 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7577 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7578
7579 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7580
7581 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7582
7583 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7584 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7585 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7586
7587 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7588 expression and returns a value.
7589
7590 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7591 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7592 @example
7593 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7594
7595 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7596
7597 int
7598 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7599 int argc,
7600 char **argv )
7601 @{
7602 if( argc != 5 )@{
7603 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7604 return ERROR;
7605 @}
7606
7607 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7608
7609 // Execute the start statement.
7610 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7611
7612 // Top of loop test
7613 for(;;)@{
7614 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7615 if( i == 0 )
7616 break;
7617
7618 // Execute the body
7619 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7620
7621 // Execute the LOOP part
7622 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7623 @}
7624
7625 // Return no error
7626 SetResult( interp, "" );
7627 return SUCCESS;
7628 @}
7629 @end example
7630
7631 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7632 in the same basic way.
7633
7634 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7635
7636 @subsection source and find commands
7637 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7638 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7639 @*Remember the parsing rules
7640 @enumerate
7641 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7642 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7643 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7644 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7645 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7646 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7647 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7648 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7649 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7650 @end enumerate
7651 @subsection format command
7652 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7653 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7654 @b{sprintf()}.
7655 @b{Example}
7656 @example
7657 set x 6
7658 set y 7
7659 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7660 @end example
7661 @enumerate
7662 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7663 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7664 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7665 @* Refer to Rule #1
7666 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7667 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7668 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7669 @end enumerate
7670 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7671 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7672 @example
7673 #1 Good
7674 proc someproc @{@} @{
7675 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7676 @}
7677 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7678 #2 Good - no variables
7679 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7680 #3 Good Curly Braces
7681 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7682 puts "Time: [date]"
7683 @}
7684 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7685 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7686 @end example
7687 @enumerate
7688 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7689 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7690 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7691 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7692 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7693 command.
7694 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7695 @*There are 4 examples:
7696 @enumerate
7697 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7698 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7699 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7700 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7701 @end enumerate
7702
7703 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7704 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7705 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7706
7707 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7708 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7709 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7710 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7711 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7712 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7713 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7714 @end enumerate
7715 @subsection Global Variables
7716 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7717 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7718 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7719 @example
7720 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7721 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7722 global x #Global variable X
7723 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7724 @}
7725 @end example
7726 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7727 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7728 @example
7729 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7730 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7731 # Create var name
7732 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7733 # Make it a global
7734 global $vn
7735 # Set it.
7736 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7737 @}
7738 @end example
7739 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7740 @example
7741 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7742 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7743 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7744 @}
7745 @end example
7746
7747 @include fdl.texi
7748
7749 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7750 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7751 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7752 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7753 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7754 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7755
7756 @printindex cp
7757
7758 @node Command and Driver Index
7759 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7760 @printindex fn
7761
7762 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)